Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
              • Notes
              • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (UK3) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.5L VIN 8
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
              • Notes
              • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B3631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3631 02
            • B3631 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Bracket Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjustment Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security Indicator
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Passive CTD Arming
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • BCM Programming
          • Remote Start calibration
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Theft Deterrent Programming Procedures
          • SDM Part Number Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Serial Data Gateway
          • Body Control Module
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Run/Crank Relay
              • Notes
              • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Replacement
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement
          • Brake Apply Sensor (BAS) Replacement
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Reprogramming
          • Theft Deterrent Programming
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • DRR Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Programming and Setup Procedures
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement-Manual HVAC
          • Actuator Replacement-Manual HVAC
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Setup
          • Steering Position Sensor Calibration
          • Torque Sensor Calibration
          • Steering Tuning Selection
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • PCM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (W/RPO CF5)
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (W/RPO C3Y)
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement Using Existing Keys
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement Using New Keys
          • Replacing Keys
          • Adding Keys
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC B3794
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0608
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2162
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6.1)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6.1)
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 5)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 6.1)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Navigation and Cellular Telephone Antenna
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6.1)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6.1)
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025-B1055 01 and 02
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025-B1055 01
            • B1025-B1055 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
            • Notes
            • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Radio Antenna Module System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Sedan)
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speaker System
            • Notes
            • Base UW4 System
            • Premium UZ6 System
            • Set Clock Base (U1C) Radio
              • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
          • Set Clock Uplevel (UN0, UP0, UC6) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
            • RDS Auto Set Mode
            • Cassette Automatic Music Search (AMS)
              • Previous AMS
              • Next AMS
          • Cut Tape Bypass
          • Clean Cassette Player
            • Notes
            • AM/FM Reception
              • Radio Signal
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral 6 Disc CD Changer (ICDX [Uplevel])
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
              • Notes
              • Removing CDs
              • Song List Feature
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
          • Rear Seat Entertainment Control
            • Notes
            • DVD Source Selection
            • DVD Forward and Reverse
              • Notes
              • DVD Track and Chapter Selection
              • DVD Random Track Selection
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • Displaying RDS Information
              • Notes
              • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
              • Notes
              • Using the INFO Feature
              • Controlling the Radio
              • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
              • Notes
              • RDS Program Type Interrupts
              • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
              • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Audio Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Circuit Operation
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B1480 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580.01
            • B2580.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949.02
            • B3949.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0278 00
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Enter
          • Info
            • Notes
            • Av Speed
            • Econ
            • Fuel Range
            • Oil Life
            • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Menu
            • Notes
            • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B1480 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580.01
            • B2580.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949.02
            • B3949.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0278 00
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2750 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2750 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (EPS)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • High Telescoping Effort
        • High Effort While Tilting Column
        • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Assist Mechanism
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6.1)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6.1)
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 5)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 6.1)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Navigation and Cellular Telephone Antenna
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6.1)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6.1)
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025-B1055 01 and 02
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025-B1055 01
            • B1025-B1055 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
            • Notes
            • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Radio Antenna Module System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Sedan)
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speaker System
            • Notes
            • Base UW4 System
            • Premium UZ6 System
            • Set Clock Base (U1C) Radio
              • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
          • Set Clock Uplevel (UN0, UP0, UC6) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
            • RDS Auto Set Mode
            • Cassette Automatic Music Search (AMS)
              • Previous AMS
              • Next AMS
          • Cut Tape Bypass
          • Clean Cassette Player
            • Notes
            • AM/FM Reception
              • Radio Signal
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral 6 Disc CD Changer (ICDX [Uplevel])
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
              • Notes
              • Removing CDs
              • Song List Feature
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
          • Rear Seat Entertainment Control
            • Notes
            • DVD Source Selection
            • DVD Forward and Reverse
              • Notes
              • DVD Track and Chapter Selection
              • DVD Random Track Selection
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • Displaying RDS Information
              • Notes
              • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
              • Notes
              • Using the INFO Feature
              • Controlling the Radio
              • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
              • Notes
              • RDS Program Type Interrupts
              • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
              • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Audio Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Circuit Operation
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Enter
          • Info
            • Notes
            • Av Speed
            • Econ
            • Fuel Range
            • Oil Life
            • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Menu
            • Notes
            • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console and Mounting Bracket Replace - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B1480 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580.01
            • B2580.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949.02
            • B3949.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0278 00
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B3631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3631 02
            • B3631 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Bracket Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjustment Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
            • Notes
            • Radio Preset with Remote Keyless Entry
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Release Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (EPS)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • High Telescoping Effort
        • High Effort While Tilting Column
        • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Assist Mechanism
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Filler Neck Replacement (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement (Legacy)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement (Legacy)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security Indicator
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Passive CTD Arming
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Windnoise Condition
          • Analyzing Windnoise
          • The Road Test
          • Visual Inspection
          • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
          • Air Pressure Test
        • Tracing Powder Or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds Or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior WINDNOISE
        • Interior WINDNOISE
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3265
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overslam Bumper Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Sedan)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • License Bracket Replacement - Front
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Rear Bumper Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • WATERLEAK Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body WATERLEAK Repair
        • Stationary Window WATERLEAK Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Legacy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Enter
          • Info
            • Notes
            • Av Speed
            • Econ
            • Fuel Range
            • Oil Life
            • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Menu
            • Notes
            • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console and Mounting Bracket Replace - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement (W/LX9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (EPS)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • High Telescoping Effort
        • High Effort While Tilting Column
        • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Assist Mechanism
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Release Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Visual Identification
        • Sunroof Disassembled View
        • Sunroof Water Management System Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunshade Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative (W/RPO CF5)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative (W/RPO C3Y)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Operates Erratically
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
        • Power Sunroof Switch Test
        • Power Sunroof Window is Skewed
        • Power Sunroof When Operated from Vent to Close One Side Will Drop Before the Other
        • Power Sunroof When Closing from the Vent Position the Window Will Reverse Direction
        • Power Sunroof Will Stop at the Wrong Location
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Open Position and Stall the Motor
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Close Position and Stall the Motor
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement (Early)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement (Late)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - 2-3
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Cover Replacement - 2-3-4
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (Panoramic)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Teach Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Sunshade Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Drive Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Water Gutter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Sunroof Water Flow Direction (Sedan)
          • Sunroof Water Flow Direction (Extended Sedan)
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (W/RPO CF5)
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (W/RPO C3Y)
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator and Sunroof Switch
          • Sunshade Motor/Actuator and Sunshade Switch
          • Sunroof and Sunshade Operation
          • Sunroof and Sunshade Express Operation
          • Sunroof Water Drainage
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation w/o Keyless Entry
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 - C0050 18
              • Notes
              • C0035 - C0050 0F
            • C0035 - C0050 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 - C0050 18
              • Notes
              • C0035 - C0050 18, 0F, 00
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
              • Notes
              • C0110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0281
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0550 00
            • C0550 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
            • Low Traction Indicator
            • Traction Control Off Indicator
            • Service ABS System Message
            • Service Brake System Message
            • Service Traction System Message
            • Traction Control Active Message
            • Traction Control Off Message
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
        • Hydraulic Brake Pipe Routing - Master Cylinder to ABS
        • Hydraulic Brake Pipe Routing - Master Cylinder to Proportioning Valve Assembly
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Proportioning Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Disc)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (ABS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (W/O ABS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • DTC B0005
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release (Rear Disc Brakes)
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
  • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0050
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035 - C0050 18
            • Notes
            • C0035 - C0050 0F
          • C0035 - C0050 00
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035 - C0050 18
            • Notes
            • C0035 - C0050 18, 0F, 00
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C0110 07
            • Notes
            • C0110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0116
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220-C0229
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0281
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0550 00
          • C0550 04
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0565
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0820
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Notes
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Low Traction Indicator
          • Traction Control Off Indicator
          • Service ABS System Message
          • Service Brake System Message
          • Service Traction System Message
          • Traction Control Active Message
          • Traction Control Off Message
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views (Delphi - Front)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots (Seals) And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tripot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (UK3) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
              • Notes
              • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
            • Notes
            • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Remote Start Does Not Work
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
          • Remote Vehicle Start (RVS)
          • Disable RVS
          • Enable RVS
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Circuit Description (RVS)
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
              • Notes
              • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
      • Body Control Module
      • Rear Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0158
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2961
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0461
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0464
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0520
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Accessory Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
      • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
      • Console Replacement
      • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
      • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Ice Possible
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Enter
        • Info
          • Notes
          • Av Speed
          • Econ
          • Fuel Range
          • Oil Life
          • TRIP A and TRIP B
        • Menu
          • Notes
          • Oil-Life Reset
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2750 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2750 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (UK3) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
              • Notes
              • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
            • Notes
            • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Remote Start Does Not Work
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
          • Remote Vehicle Start (RVS)
          • Disable RVS
          • Enable RVS
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Circuit Description (RVS)
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (UK3) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal/DRL Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (w/o UK3) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.5L VIN 8
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
              • Notes
              • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
            • Notes
            • Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
              • Notes
              • Coolant
            • Radiator
              • Notes
              • Pressure Cap
              • Coolant Recovery System
              • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler - Internal
            • Transmission Oil Cooler - External
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (Front)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (Rear)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid And Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • Gm Oil Life System - Resetting
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.5L (Lx9)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Tools Required
        • Locating and Identifying the Leak
        • Visual Inspection Method
        • Powder Method
        • Black Light and Dye Method
        • Possible Causes for Leaks
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Results Of Incorrect Operation
        • Functional Test
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Rear Bearing Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Removal
        • Engine Mount Support and Strut Bracket Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket Removal - Rear
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
          • Tools Required
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Upper
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Lower
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
          • Tools Required
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pump Drive Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Lower
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Upper
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket Installation - Rear
        • Engine Mount Support and Strut Bracket Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
          • Tools Required
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Component Comparison
        • Fastener Changes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Changed Engine Specifications
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Notes
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
            • Notes
            • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Remote Start Does Not Work
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
          • Remote Vehicle Start (RVS)
          • Disable RVS
          • Enable RVS
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • Circuit Description (RVS)
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - 3.5L (Lx9) - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Notes
          • PCM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • PCM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)/Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 3.5L (Lx9) - Diagnostic Starting Point
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0016-P0132
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0036
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0054
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0059
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0133-P0315
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0306
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0325-P0506
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351, P0352, or P0353
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0451
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0454
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0507-P2108
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • DTC P0601
              • Notes
              • DTC P0602
              • DTC P0604
            • DTC P0606
              • Notes
              • DTC P2610
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0601
            • DTC P0602
            • DTC P0604
              • Notes
              • DTC P0606
            • DTC P2610
          • Actions Taken When DTCs P0601, P0602, P0604, and P0606 Set
          • Actions Taken When DTC P2610 Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606 and P2610
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1640
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P2119-U0107
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2A00
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A01
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A03
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A04
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U0107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - 3.5L (Lx9) - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Beginning
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
        • Powertrain Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - 3.5L (Lx9) - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Notes
          • PCM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • PCM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)/Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 3.5L (Lx9) - Diagnostic Starting Point
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0016-P0132
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0036
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0054
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0059
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0133-P0315
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0306
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0325-P0506
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351, P0352, or P0353
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0451
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0454
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P0507-P2108
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • DTC P0601
              • Notes
              • DTC P0602
              • DTC P0604
            • DTC P0606
              • Notes
              • DTC P2610
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0601
            • DTC P0602
            • DTC P0604
              • Notes
              • DTC P0606
            • DTC P2610
          • Actions Taken When DTCs P0601, P0602, P0604, and P0606 Set
          • Actions Taken When DTC P2610 Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606 and P2610
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1404
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1640
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - 3.5L (LX9) - DTCs P2119-U0107
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2A00
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A01
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A03
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A04
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U0107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - 3.5L (Lx9) - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Beginning
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
        • Powertrain Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.5L (Lx9)
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.5L (LX9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
            • Tools Required
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, And Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Cracked Window Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Drive Axle Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
        • Paint Damage Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.5L (LX9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
            • Tools Required
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
            • Notes
            • DTC Symptom Subtypes
              • Notes
              • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
              • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description And Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid And Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • Gm Oil Life System - Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.5L (LX9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
            • Tools Required
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LX9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Screen Installation
        • Suction Screen Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (LX9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LX9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Ambient Air Temp Sensor)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Valve Assembly
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
              • Notes
              • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
              • Notes
              • After Blow
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid And Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • Gm Oil Life System - Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 01 Stage 1 or B0013 01 Stage 2
            • B0012 02 Stage 1 or B0013 02 Stage 2
            • B0012 04 Stage 1 or B0013 04 Stage 2
            • B0012 0D Stage 1 or B0013 0D Stage 2
            • B0012 0E Stage 1 or B0013 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0014
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0014 01
            • B0014 02
            • B0014 04
            • B0014 0D
            • B0014 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0015 01
            • B0015 02
            • B0015 04
            • B0015 0D
            • B0015 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0016 01
            • B0016 02
            • B0016 04
            • B0016 0D
            • B0016 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0019 or B0020
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0019 01 Stage 1 or B0020 01 Stage 2
            • B0019 02 Stage 1 or B0020 02 Stage 2
            • B0019 04 Stage 1 or B0020 04 Stage 2
            • B0019 0D Stage 1 or B0020 0D Stage 2
            • B0019 0E Stage 1 or B0020 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0021
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0021 01
            • B0021 02
            • B0021 04
            • B0021 0D
            • B0021 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0022 01
            • B0022 02
            • B0022 04
            • B0022 0D
            • B0022 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0023 01
            • B0023 02
            • B0023 04
            • B0023 0D
            • B0023 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0052
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0083 04 or B0084 04
            • B0083 71 or B0084 71
            • B0083 0F or B0084 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0085
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0085 04
            • B0085 71
            • B0085 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0086
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0086 04
              • Notes
              • B0086 71
            • B0086 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1019
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Roof Rail Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational And Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs And Inspections Required After A Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Anchor Plate Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description And Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational And Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs And Inspections Required After A Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Anchor Plate Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description And Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Disassembled View (Gear EPS)
        • Power Steering System Disassembled View (Motor/Module EPS)
        • Power Steering System Component Views
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 64)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0569
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Steering Assist (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Power Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Disassembled View (Gear EPS)
        • Power Steering System Disassembled View (Motor/Module EPS)
        • Power Steering System Component Views
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 64)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0569
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Steering Assist (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (EPS)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • High Telescoping Effort
      • High Effort While Tilting Column
      • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement (EPS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Assist Mechanism
        • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Toe Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster Adjustment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description And Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description And Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T40-E/4T45-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - Overhaul - 4T40-E/4T45-E
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Fluid Passages
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
        • Stub Shaft Removal
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
        • Oil Pan and Gasket Removal
        • Oil Filter/Seal, Oil Level Control Valve Removal
        • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
        • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
        • Case Side Cover Removal
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Removal
        • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
        • Wire Harness Disconnect
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly and Gasket Removal
        • Spacer Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Checkball Removal
        • Manual Valve Clip Removal
        • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Accumulator Spring Removal
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates Removal
        • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
        • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
        • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
        • Output Shaft and Final Drive Assembly Removal
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
        • Torque Converter Seal Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Actuator Guide Replacement
        • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
        • Torque Converter Seal Installation
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
        • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
        • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
        • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
        • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
        • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
        • Output Shaft Inspect
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Low/Reverse Band Installation
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
        • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
        • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
        • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
        • Second Clutch Plate Installation
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Connection
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Disassemble
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
        • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
        • Accumulator Springs Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
        • Manual Valve Link Installation
        • Checkballs Installation
        • Spacer Plate and Gaskets Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Installation
        • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
        • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
        • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
        • Oil Pan and Gasket Installation
        • Torque Converter Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Reverse Clutch
              • Boost Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • Notes
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Reverse Clutch
              • Boost Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • Notes
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Reverse (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
          • Reverse (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
          • Manual Third Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Manual Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Manual First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - Introduction (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
            • Notes
            • Type B
            • Type C
            • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission - Introduction & Repair Instructions
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Cable Replacement - Floor Shift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
          • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Pipe Seals Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter, Turbine Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly/Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stub Axle Shaft Sleeve and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Axle Shaft Sleeve and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • TAP Shift Operation
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Shift Solenoid Valves: 1-2 and 2-3
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Input Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - DTC P0218-P1816
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0705
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0815
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0816
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0826
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1750
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1810
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1816
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - DTC P1818-P2761
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC P1818
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1876
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1877
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1887
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2761
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - Service, Diagnosis & Trouble Shooting
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • TAP Shift Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • High or Low Line Pressure
        • Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Points
        • Harsh Shifts
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No First Gear, Slips in First Gear
        • No Second Gear, Slips in Second Gear
        • No Third Gear, Slips in Third Gear
        • Second Gear Only
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Loss of Drive
        • Loss of Power
        • Engine Stall
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • First and Fourth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • No Engine Braking; All Manual Ranges
        • No Engine Braking; Manual Second - Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking; Manual First - First Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Fluid Foaming
        • Vibration
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM
        • High Pitch Whine Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply with Cold Engine
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2705 02
            • B2705 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description And Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T40-E/4T45-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - Overhaul - 4T40-E/4T45-E
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Fluid Passages
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
        • Stub Shaft Removal
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
        • Oil Pan and Gasket Removal
        • Oil Filter/Seal, Oil Level Control Valve Removal
        • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
        • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
        • Case Side Cover Removal
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Removal
        • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
        • Wire Harness Disconnect
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly and Gasket Removal
        • Spacer Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Checkball Removal
        • Manual Valve Clip Removal
        • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Accumulator Spring Removal
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates Removal
        • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
        • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
        • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
        • Output Shaft and Final Drive Assembly Removal
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
        • Torque Converter Seal Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Actuator Guide Replacement
        • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
        • Torque Converter Seal Installation
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
        • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
        • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
        • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
        • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
        • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
        • Output Shaft Inspect
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Low/Reverse Band Installation
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
        • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
        • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
        • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
        • Second Clutch Plate Installation
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Connection
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Disassemble
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
        • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
        • Accumulator Springs Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
        • Manual Valve Link Installation
        • Checkballs Installation
        • Spacer Plate and Gaskets Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Installation
        • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
        • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
        • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
        • Oil Pan and Gasket Installation
        • Torque Converter Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Reverse Clutch
              • Boost Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • Notes
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Manual Valve
              • Reverse Clutch
              • Boost Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • Notes
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Reverse (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
          • Reverse (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Line Pressure Increases
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Releases
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
          • Manual Third Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Manual Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (W/o Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Manual First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages